1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
307 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
315 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
318 return (char *) shstrtab
;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
323 unsigned int shindex
,
324 unsigned int strindex
)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
334 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
336 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
338 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from a non-string section (number %d)"),
346 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
350 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
352 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
353 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
354 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
355 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
356 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
358 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
362 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
365 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
366 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
367 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
368 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
369 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
370 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
371 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
374 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
375 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
378 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
380 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
384 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
385 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
386 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
387 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
388 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
389 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
390 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
395 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
401 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
403 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
404 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
406 /* Read the symbols. */
408 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
410 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
411 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
412 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
413 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
414 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
416 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
417 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
419 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
420 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
421 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
427 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
431 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
432 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
433 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
435 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
436 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
437 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
439 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
440 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
441 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
448 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
450 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
451 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
452 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
453 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
457 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
458 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
459 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
460 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
462 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
463 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
465 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
466 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
467 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
468 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
469 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
476 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
478 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
479 free (alloc_extshndx
);
484 /* Look up a symbol name. */
486 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
487 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
488 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
492 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
493 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
495 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
496 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
497 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
499 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
500 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
503 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
506 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
507 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
512 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
513 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
516 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
517 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
519 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
521 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
522 signature just a string? */
525 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
527 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
528 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
529 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
530 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
532 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
533 that it is a symbol table section. */
534 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
536 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
537 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
538 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
541 /* Go read the symbol. */
542 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
543 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
544 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
547 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
550 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
553 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
555 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
557 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
558 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
561 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
563 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
564 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
565 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
568 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
569 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
570 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
571 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
572 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
574 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
576 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
578 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
584 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
585 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
589 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
590 so we can find them quickly. */
593 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
594 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
595 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
596 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
600 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
602 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
604 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
607 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
609 /* Add to list of sections. */
610 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
613 /* Read the raw contents. */
614 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
615 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
616 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
617 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
618 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
619 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
622 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
623 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
628 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
630 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
631 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
635 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
636 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
638 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even partially
639 corrupt, do not allow any of the contents to be used. */
640 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
644 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
645 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
646 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
648 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
649 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
657 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
658 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
661 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
662 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
663 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
668 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
669 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
672 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
677 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
678 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
680 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
682 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
685 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
686 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
687 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
688 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
694 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
698 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
700 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
701 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
702 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
704 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
705 section is a member. */
707 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
711 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
712 other members to see if any others are linked via
714 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
715 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
717 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
718 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
722 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
723 insert current section in circular list. */
724 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
725 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
726 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
732 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
735 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
737 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
738 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
741 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
743 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
744 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
752 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
754 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
762 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
765 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
766 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
769 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
770 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
772 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
773 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
775 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
776 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
777 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
778 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
781 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
782 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
783 bed
->link_order_error_handler
784 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
789 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
791 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
793 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
794 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
798 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
799 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
802 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
803 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
804 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
808 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
813 /* Process section groups. */
814 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
817 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
819 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
820 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
821 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
824 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
825 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
826 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
827 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
828 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
829 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
830 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
831 relocation sections are in section group in input object
833 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
836 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
837 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
838 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
840 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
841 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
842 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
845 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
853 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
855 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
859 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
861 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
862 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
863 if (new_name
== NULL
)
867 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
872 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
874 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
875 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
876 if (new_name
== NULL
)
879 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
883 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
884 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
887 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
888 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
894 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
896 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
899 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
903 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
904 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
905 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
907 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
908 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
909 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
911 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
913 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
914 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
915 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
916 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
919 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
920 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
921 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
922 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
923 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
924 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
927 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
930 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
931 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
932 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
934 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
936 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
939 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
940 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
941 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
943 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
944 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
946 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
947 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
948 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
949 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
951 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
953 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
954 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
961 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
962 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
963 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
964 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
965 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
967 else if (name
[1] == 's')
969 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
970 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
973 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
974 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
978 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
979 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
980 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
981 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
982 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
983 all but one of the sections. */
984 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
985 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
986 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
988 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
989 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
990 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
993 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
996 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
997 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
998 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
999 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1003 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1006 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
1010 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1012 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1013 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1015 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1016 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1017 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1018 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1019 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1020 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1021 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1023 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1025 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1028 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1029 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1031 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1032 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1033 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1034 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1036 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1037 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1038 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1040 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1041 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1042 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1043 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1044 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1045 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1046 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1047 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1048 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1050 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1051 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1052 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1053 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1054 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1055 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1056 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1062 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1063 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1064 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1065 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1066 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1068 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1069 int compression_header_size
;
1070 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1071 bfd_boolean compressed
1072 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1073 &compression_header_size
,
1074 &uncompressed_size
);
1078 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1079 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1080 action
= decompress
;
1083 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1084 section. Check if we should compress. */
1085 if (action
== nothing
)
1087 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1088 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1089 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1090 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1092 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1093 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1099 if (action
== compress
)
1101 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1103 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1104 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1111 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1113 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1114 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1120 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1123 && (action
== decompress
1124 || (action
== compress
1125 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1127 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1128 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1130 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1131 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1133 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1137 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1138 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1139 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1145 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1146 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1147 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1148 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1151 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1152 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1153 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1154 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1155 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1156 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1157 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1158 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1159 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1161 bfd_reloc_status_type
1162 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1163 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1165 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1166 asection
*input_section
,
1168 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1170 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1171 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1172 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1173 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1175 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1176 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1179 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1182 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1186 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1188 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1189 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1192 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1194 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1195 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1198 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1200 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1201 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1202 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1204 /* Copy object attributes. */
1205 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1210 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1215 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1216 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1217 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1218 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1219 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1220 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1221 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1222 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1223 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1224 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1225 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1226 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1231 /* Print out the program headers. */
1234 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1236 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1237 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1239 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1241 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1246 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1247 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1248 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1250 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1255 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1258 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1259 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1260 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1261 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1262 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1263 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1264 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1265 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1266 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1267 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1268 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1269 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1270 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1271 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1272 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1273 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1274 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1279 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1282 unsigned int elfsec
;
1283 unsigned long shlink
;
1284 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1286 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1288 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1290 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1293 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1294 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1296 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1298 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1299 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1302 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1303 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1305 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1306 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1308 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1310 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1311 const char *name
= "";
1313 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1314 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1316 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1318 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1325 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1326 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1328 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1330 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1335 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1336 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1337 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1338 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1339 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1340 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1341 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1342 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1343 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1344 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1345 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1346 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1347 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1348 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1349 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1350 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1351 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1352 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1353 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1354 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1355 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1356 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1357 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1358 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1359 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1360 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1361 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1362 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1363 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1364 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1365 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1366 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1367 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1368 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1369 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1370 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1371 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1372 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1373 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1374 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1375 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1376 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1377 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1378 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1379 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1380 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1381 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1382 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1383 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1384 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1385 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1386 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1387 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1388 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1389 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1390 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1391 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1392 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1395 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1399 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1404 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1406 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1409 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1418 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1419 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1421 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1425 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1427 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1429 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1430 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1432 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1433 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1434 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1435 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1437 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1440 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1444 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1450 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1452 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1454 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1455 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1457 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1459 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1460 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1461 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1462 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1463 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1464 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1476 /* Get version string. */
1479 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1480 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1482 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1483 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1484 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1486 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1488 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1489 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1492 version_string
= "";
1493 else if (vernum
== 1)
1494 version_string
= "Base";
1495 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1497 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1500 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1502 version_string
= "";
1503 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1507 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1509 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1511 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1513 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1520 return version_string
;
1523 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1526 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1529 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1531 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1534 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1535 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1537 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1538 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1539 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1540 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1542 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1544 const char *section_name
;
1545 const char *name
= NULL
;
1546 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1547 unsigned char st_other
;
1549 const char *version_string
;
1552 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1554 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1555 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1556 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1560 name
= symbol
->name
;
1561 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1564 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1565 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1566 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1567 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1568 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1569 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1570 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1572 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1573 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1575 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1576 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1582 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1587 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1588 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1593 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1594 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1599 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1600 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1601 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1603 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1605 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1608 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1614 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1616 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1617 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1619 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1621 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1626 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1627 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1628 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1630 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1637 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1639 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1642 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1644 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1645 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1646 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1648 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
1649 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1650 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
1651 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
1653 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1658 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1659 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1660 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1661 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1662 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1663 can expect to recurse at least once.
1665 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
1666 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
1668 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
1669 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1670 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
1672 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
1673 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
1674 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
1675 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
1677 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
1679 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1680 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
1683 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
1686 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1687 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1688 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1693 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1694 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1697 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1700 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1701 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1702 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1703 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1704 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1705 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1706 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1707 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1708 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1709 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1712 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1713 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1716 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1718 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1719 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1720 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1723 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1724 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1725 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1727 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1732 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1734 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1736 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1738 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1739 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1740 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1741 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1743 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1744 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1748 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1750 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1751 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1753 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1754 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1756 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1764 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
1765 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1768 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1771 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1773 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1775 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1776 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1777 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1782 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1783 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1784 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1785 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1786 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1788 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1789 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1790 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1791 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1792 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1794 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1795 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1796 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1800 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1801 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1802 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1803 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1805 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1807 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1808 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1810 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1811 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1812 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1816 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1818 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1819 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1820 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1824 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1828 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
1829 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1832 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1835 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1837 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1840 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1841 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1842 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1847 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1848 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1849 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1850 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1851 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1853 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1854 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1855 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1858 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
1859 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1862 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1863 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1864 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1865 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1868 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
1869 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1872 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1874 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1875 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1879 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1882 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1883 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1887 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1890 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1891 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1892 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1893 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1895 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1900 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1901 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1902 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1903 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1905 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1907 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1908 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1910 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1911 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1913 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1916 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1918 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1920 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1921 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1925 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1930 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1932 asection
*target_sect
;
1933 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
1934 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1935 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
1939 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1940 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1943 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1944 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1946 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1947 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1948 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1949 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1954 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1955 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1956 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1957 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1958 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1959 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1960 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1962 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1963 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
1964 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1965 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1971 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1973 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1974 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1985 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1988 /* Get the symbol table. */
1989 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1990 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1991 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1994 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1995 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1996 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1997 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1998 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1999 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2000 sh_link points to the null section. */
2001 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2002 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2003 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2004 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2005 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2006 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2008 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2013 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2016 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2017 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2020 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2021 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2022 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2024 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2026 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2029 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2030 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2035 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2036 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2037 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2038 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2039 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2040 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2041 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2042 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2044 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2045 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2047 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2051 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2052 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2053 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2054 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2057 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2058 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2061 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2062 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2063 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2066 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2067 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2068 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2069 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2076 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2079 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2082 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2084 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2085 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (* idx
);
2090 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2091 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2092 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2094 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2097 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2101 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
2102 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2103 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2105 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2113 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2114 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2115 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2117 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2119 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2123 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2124 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2127 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2129 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2130 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2131 for applications? */
2132 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2133 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2134 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2135 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2138 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2139 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2144 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2145 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2146 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2147 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2148 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2150 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2151 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2153 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2154 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2155 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2156 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2157 be rejected with an error message. */
2158 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2159 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2161 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2164 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2165 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2170 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2171 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2172 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2173 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2181 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2182 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2183 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2185 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2186 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2191 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2194 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2196 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2198 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2200 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2202 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2203 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2204 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2206 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2207 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2208 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2211 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2213 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2216 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2219 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2222 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2226 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2228 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2230 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2233 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2235 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2236 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2239 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2241 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2242 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2245 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2247 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2248 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2249 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2250 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2251 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2252 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2253 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2254 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2255 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2256 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2257 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2258 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2259 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2260 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2263 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2265 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2266 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2267 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2270 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2272 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2273 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2274 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2275 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2276 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2277 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2278 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2279 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2280 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2281 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2284 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2286 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2287 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2290 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2292 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2293 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2294 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2295 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2298 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2300 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2301 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2304 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2306 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2307 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2308 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2311 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2313 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2314 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2315 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2318 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2320 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2321 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2322 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2323 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2324 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2327 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2329 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2330 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2331 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2332 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2333 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2334 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2335 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2338 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2340 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2341 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2342 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2343 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2346 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2348 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2349 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2350 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2351 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2352 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2355 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2357 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2358 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2359 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2361 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2362 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2363 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2364 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2367 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2369 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2371 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2373 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2374 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2375 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2381 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2384 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2385 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2386 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2392 len
= strlen (name
);
2394 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2397 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2399 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2401 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2404 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2405 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2407 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2409 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2411 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2412 && (suffix_len
== -2
2413 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2419 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2421 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2422 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2432 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2433 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2436 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2437 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2439 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2440 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2443 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2444 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2447 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2448 bed
->special_sections
,
2454 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2457 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2458 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2461 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2466 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2470 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2472 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2473 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2474 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2476 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2479 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2483 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2486 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2487 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2488 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2490 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2491 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2492 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2493 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2494 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2495 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2496 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2497 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2498 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2499 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2500 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2502 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2505 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2506 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2507 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2509 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2510 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2514 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2517 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2519 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2520 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2521 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2522 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2524 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2525 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2526 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2527 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2528 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2529 of combined data+bss.
2531 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2532 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2533 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2534 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2535 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2540 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2541 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2543 const char *type_name
)
2551 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2552 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2553 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2555 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2557 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2558 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2559 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2562 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2563 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2564 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2566 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2567 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2568 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2569 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2570 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2571 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2572 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2574 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2575 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2576 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2578 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2580 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2583 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2585 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2589 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2593 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2594 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2595 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2598 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2599 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2600 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2602 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2603 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2604 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2605 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2606 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2607 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2608 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2609 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2610 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2612 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2613 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2614 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2615 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2616 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2617 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2618 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2620 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2621 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2622 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2624 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2625 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2632 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2634 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2636 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2639 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2642 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2645 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2648 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2651 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2653 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2658 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2661 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2663 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2664 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2668 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2671 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2674 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2675 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2676 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2680 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2684 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2686 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2688 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2689 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2692 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2696 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
2697 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2698 const char *sec_name
,
2699 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2701 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
2702 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
2706 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
2708 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2710 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2716 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2717 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2718 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2722 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2723 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2724 const char *sec_name
,
2725 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
2726 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
2728 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2729 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2732 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2733 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2734 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2735 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2737 if (delay_st_name_p
)
2738 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
2739 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
2742 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2743 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2744 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2745 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2746 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2747 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2748 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2749 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2750 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2755 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2758 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2760 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2761 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2763 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2766 struct fake_section_arg
2768 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2772 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2775 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
2777 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
2778 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2779 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
2780 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2781 unsigned int sh_type
;
2782 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
2783 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
2787 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2792 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
2796 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
2797 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
2798 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
2802 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
2804 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
2806 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding setion
2807 name to section name section after it is compressed in
2808 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
2809 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
2812 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
2814 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
2815 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
2817 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
2818 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
2822 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
2823 if (new_name
== NULL
)
2831 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
2833 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
2834 section smaller. So only rename the section when
2835 compression has actually taken place. If input section
2836 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
2837 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
2838 if (new_name
== NULL
)
2843 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
2848 if (delay_st_name_p
)
2849 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
2853 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2855 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2862 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2864 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2865 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2866 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2868 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2870 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2871 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2872 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2873 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
2874 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
2876 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2877 (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
2878 abfd
, asect
, asect
->alignment_power
);
2882 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2883 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2884 copy_private_section_data. */
2886 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2887 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2889 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2891 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2892 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2894 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
2896 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2897 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2898 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2899 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2900 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2902 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2903 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2904 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2905 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2906 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2907 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2908 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2911 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2917 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2918 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2919 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2926 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2930 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2934 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2938 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2939 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2943 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2944 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2947 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2948 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2951 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2952 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2953 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2954 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2956 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2957 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2959 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2960 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2963 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2964 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2965 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2966 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2968 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2969 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2971 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2972 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2976 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2980 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2984 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2985 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2986 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2987 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2988 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2989 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2990 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2992 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2993 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2994 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2995 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2997 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2998 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2999 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3001 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3002 if (asect
->size
== 0
3003 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3005 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3007 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3010 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3011 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3012 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3016 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3017 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3019 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3020 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3021 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3022 create the other. */
3023 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3025 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3028 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3029 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3030 && (arg
->link_info
->relocatable
|| arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3032 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3033 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
, FALSE
,
3039 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3040 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
, TRUE
,
3047 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3049 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3056 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3057 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3058 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3059 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3062 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3064 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3065 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3066 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3070 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3071 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3072 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3073 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3076 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3078 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3079 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3083 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3085 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
3089 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3091 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3093 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3095 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3096 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3100 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3101 elf_section_syms. */
3102 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3103 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3105 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3107 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3109 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3110 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3111 set until all local symbols are output. */
3112 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3113 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3114 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3115 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
3116 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3118 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3120 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3122 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3123 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3125 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3126 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3127 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3128 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3130 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3133 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3135 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3138 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3140 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3141 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3142 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3149 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3151 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3152 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3153 start of the input section group. */
3154 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3156 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3157 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3158 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3159 directives, not that it matters. */
3166 s
= s
->output_section
;
3168 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3170 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3173 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
3175 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3180 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
3183 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3186 /* Return the section which RELOC_SEC applies to. */
3189 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3195 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
3198 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3199 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3202 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3203 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3204 if (type
== SHT_REL
)
3209 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3210 section apply to .got.plt section. */
3211 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3212 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3213 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3215 /* .got.plt is a linker created input section. It may be mapped
3216 to some other output section. Try two likely sections. */
3218 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3219 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
3224 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3228 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3229 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3230 in here too, while we're at it. */
3233 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3235 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3237 unsigned int section_number
;
3238 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3239 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3240 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3244 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3246 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3247 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
3249 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3250 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3252 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3254 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3256 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3258 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3259 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3260 abfd
->section_count
--;
3263 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3268 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3270 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3272 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3273 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3274 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3275 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3278 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3279 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3280 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3287 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3288 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3289 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3295 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3296 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3297 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3299 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3300 || (link_info
== NULL
3301 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3305 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3306 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3307 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3309 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3310 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3311 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3312 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3313 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3316 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3317 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3320 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3322 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3323 abfd
, section_number
);
3327 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3328 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3330 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3332 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3333 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3334 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3337 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3338 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3339 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3341 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3345 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3347 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3350 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3351 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3353 i_shdrp
[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3354 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3356 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3357 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3360 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3364 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3366 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3367 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3368 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3369 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3370 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3372 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3374 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3375 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3376 the relocation entries apply. */
3377 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3379 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3380 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3381 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3383 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3385 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3386 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3387 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3390 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3391 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3393 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3396 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3397 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3399 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3400 if (discarded_section (s
))
3403 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3404 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3405 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3407 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3408 size as the discarded one. */
3409 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3412 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3418 s
= s
->output_section
;
3419 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3423 /* Handle objcopy. */
3424 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3426 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3427 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3428 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3429 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3432 s
= s
->output_section
;
3434 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3439 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3440 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3441 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3443 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3444 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3445 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3446 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3447 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3452 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3456 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3457 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3458 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3459 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3460 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3461 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3462 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3464 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3466 s
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->get_reloc_section (sec
);
3469 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3470 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3475 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3476 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3477 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3478 field to point to this section. */
3479 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3480 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3485 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3486 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3489 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3490 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3491 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3495 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3497 /* This is a .stab section. */
3498 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3499 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3500 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3507 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3508 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3509 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3510 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3512 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3514 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3517 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3518 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3519 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3520 the version strings. */
3521 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3522 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3524 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3529 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3530 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3531 this hash table or version table is for. */
3532 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3534 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3538 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3542 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3543 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3544 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3550 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3552 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3553 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3554 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3555 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3557 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3558 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3559 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3562 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3563 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3566 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3568 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3570 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3573 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3574 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3575 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3576 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3577 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3578 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3579 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3580 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3583 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3584 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3587 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
3589 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3590 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3591 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3592 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3593 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3594 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3595 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3602 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3606 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3608 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3609 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3613 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3614 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3616 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3617 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3619 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3620 decided to output. */
3621 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3623 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3625 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3627 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3628 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3630 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3632 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3633 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3635 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3639 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3640 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3642 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3644 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3648 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3649 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3650 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3651 at least in that case. */
3652 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3654 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3656 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3663 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3664 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3665 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3667 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3670 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3672 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3675 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3676 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3677 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3682 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3684 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3686 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3688 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3691 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3692 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3695 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3697 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3701 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3703 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
3707 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3708 ELF data structure. */
3710 static inline file_ptr
3711 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3713 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3716 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3717 required section alignment. */
3720 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3724 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3725 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3726 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3727 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3728 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3729 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3730 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3734 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3735 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3736 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3739 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3740 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3742 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3743 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3745 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3746 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3747 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3749 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3752 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3753 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3754 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3756 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3759 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3760 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3762 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
3763 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
3764 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
3768 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3771 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3772 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
3773 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3774 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3778 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3779 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3781 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3786 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3788 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3793 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3794 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3795 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3796 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3797 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3798 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3799 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3800 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3801 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3802 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3803 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3805 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3811 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3813 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
3815 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3816 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3818 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3819 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3820 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3822 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3823 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3825 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
3827 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3829 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3830 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3832 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3835 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3840 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3841 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3843 static bfd_size_type
3844 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3848 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3850 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3851 and one for data. */
3854 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3855 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3857 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3858 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3859 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3864 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3866 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3870 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
3872 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3876 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
3878 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3882 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
3884 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3888 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3890 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3891 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3893 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3895 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3896 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3897 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3898 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3899 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3900 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3902 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3903 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3904 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3905 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3906 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3911 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3913 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3915 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3921 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3922 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3923 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3927 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3933 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3936 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3939 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3941 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3942 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3944 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3950 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3951 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3958 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3960 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3961 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3962 asection
**sections
,
3967 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3972 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3973 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3974 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3978 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3979 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3980 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3981 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3983 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3985 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3986 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3987 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3993 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3996 struct elf_segment_map
*
3997 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3999 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4001 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4002 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4006 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4008 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4013 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4016 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4017 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4018 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4020 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4021 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4023 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4024 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4025 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4026 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4028 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4031 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4033 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4035 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4036 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4037 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4039 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4043 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4045 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
4051 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4052 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4054 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4061 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4064 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4067 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4068 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4069 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4070 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4072 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4075 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4077 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4081 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4082 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4085 unsigned int phdr_index
;
4086 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4088 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4089 bfd_boolean writable
;
4091 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4092 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4094 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4096 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4098 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
4099 sizeof (asection
*));
4100 if (sections
== NULL
)
4103 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4104 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4106 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4107 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4110 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4112 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4116 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4117 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4118 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4121 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4124 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4126 /* Build the mapping. */
4131 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4132 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4134 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4135 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4137 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4138 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4142 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4143 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
4144 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
4145 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4146 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4151 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4152 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4156 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4164 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4165 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4166 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4170 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4171 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4172 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4173 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4174 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4177 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4179 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4182 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4183 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4184 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4185 program headers we will need. */
4188 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4190 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4191 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4192 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4193 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4194 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
4195 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
4196 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
4197 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
4198 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4201 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4204 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4208 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4211 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4213 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4214 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4215 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4217 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4219 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4220 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4224 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4225 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4227 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4228 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4231 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4232 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4233 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4234 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4235 section can be included in the current segment. */
4236 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4238 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4241 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4242 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4245 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4246 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4248 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
4249 nonloadable section in the same segment.
4250 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
4253 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4255 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4256 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4257 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4258 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4261 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
4262 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4263 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4265 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4266 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
4267 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
4268 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
4269 only case in which the new section is not on the same
4270 page as the previous section is when the previous section
4271 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
4276 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4277 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4280 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4281 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4283 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4285 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4291 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4294 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4295 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4296 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4297 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4303 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4304 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4306 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4313 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4319 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4320 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4321 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4325 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4328 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4330 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4331 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4332 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4333 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4335 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4343 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4346 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4353 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4354 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4355 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4356 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4357 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4359 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4361 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4362 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4367 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4368 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4369 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4371 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4372 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4373 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4374 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4380 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4381 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4385 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4389 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4390 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4393 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4394 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4398 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4406 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4409 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4410 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4411 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4416 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4417 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4419 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4421 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4423 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
4426 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
4429 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
4431 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
4433 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s
);
4437 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s
);
4440 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4451 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4453 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4454 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4455 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4457 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4458 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4462 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4464 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4470 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4472 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4473 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4477 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4478 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
4479 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4480 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4481 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4482 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4484 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4485 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4492 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4494 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4496 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4498 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4499 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4502 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4503 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4504 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4507 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4512 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4515 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4516 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4520 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4522 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4530 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
4533 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4536 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4538 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4543 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4548 /* Sort sections by address. */
4551 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4553 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4554 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4555 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4557 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4558 place the section into a segment. */
4559 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4561 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4564 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4565 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4566 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4568 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4571 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4573 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4579 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4580 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4581 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4582 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4587 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4592 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4593 before others at the same address. */
4595 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4596 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4603 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4606 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4608 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4609 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4610 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4611 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4612 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4615 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4616 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4618 /* In other words, something like:
4620 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4621 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4622 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4623 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4625 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4627 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4630 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4632 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
4633 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4635 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4639 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4642 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4647 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4648 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4649 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4650 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4651 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4652 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4654 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4655 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4659 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4660 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4661 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4667 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4672 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4674 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4677 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4682 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4683 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4687 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4688 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4690 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4691 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4692 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4693 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4695 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4698 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4700 if (link_info
== NULL
4701 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4705 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4709 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4714 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4715 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4719 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4720 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
4721 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
4724 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4726 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4727 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4729 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
4730 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4734 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4738 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
4739 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4740 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4741 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
4742 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
4744 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4745 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4746 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4747 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
4749 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
4751 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
4752 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4753 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4758 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4759 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4761 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4762 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4763 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4769 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4771 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4775 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4777 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4778 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4779 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4780 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4781 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4783 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4784 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4785 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4788 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4789 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4790 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4791 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4792 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4793 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4794 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4799 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4801 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4802 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4803 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4806 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4808 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4809 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4811 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4812 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4813 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4814 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4815 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4816 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4817 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4819 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4820 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4822 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4824 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4825 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4826 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4827 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4831 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4833 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4836 bfd_size_type align
;
4837 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4839 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4843 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4845 unsigned int secalign
;
4847 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4848 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4849 align_power
= secalign
;
4851 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4852 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4853 align
= maxpagesize
;
4856 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4857 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4858 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4859 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4860 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4861 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4863 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4866 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4867 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
4869 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4873 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
4877 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4878 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4879 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4880 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4881 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4882 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4883 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4884 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4889 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4890 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4891 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4893 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4896 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4898 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4901 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4902 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4903 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4904 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4910 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4912 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4914 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4915 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4918 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4920 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4921 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4923 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4928 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4933 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4935 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4938 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4940 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4944 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4945 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4946 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4950 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4951 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4954 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
4955 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
4959 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4960 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4962 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4968 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4970 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4971 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4975 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4976 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4977 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4978 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4979 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4980 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4983 bfd_size_type align
;
4984 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4987 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4988 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4990 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4991 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4992 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4993 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4994 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4995 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4997 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
4998 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
4999 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5000 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5004 || p_end
< p_start
))
5006 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5007 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
5008 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
5012 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5014 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5016 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5018 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5019 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5021 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5022 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5026 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5030 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5032 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5036 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5037 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5038 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5044 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5053 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5055 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5056 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5057 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5059 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5060 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5061 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5063 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5064 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5065 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5066 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5067 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5068 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5070 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5072 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5075 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5077 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5078 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5079 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5080 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5081 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5082 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5084 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5086 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5087 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5089 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5091 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5092 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5095 if (align
> p
->p_align
5096 && !m
->p_align_valid
5097 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5098 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5102 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5105 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5107 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5114 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5115 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5116 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5118 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5120 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5121 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5122 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5123 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5124 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5125 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5127 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5132 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5134 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5137 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5138 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5139 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5140 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5142 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5143 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5145 print_segment_map (m
);
5151 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5155 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5158 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5159 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5161 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5162 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
5163 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
5164 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5165 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5166 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5167 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
5168 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
5169 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
5173 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5174 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5175 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5176 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
5178 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5181 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5182 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
5183 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5184 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
5185 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
5186 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5188 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5189 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5190 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5192 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
5194 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
5195 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5196 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5197 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5200 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5202 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
5205 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5206 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5207 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5208 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5209 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5210 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
5211 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]
5212 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
5213 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
5214 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5216 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5219 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5220 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5224 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5226 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
5227 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5228 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5231 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5234 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5236 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5237 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5239 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5241 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5242 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5243 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5246 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5247 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5252 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
5254 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5255 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5256 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5258 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5259 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5260 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5261 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5263 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5264 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5265 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5266 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5269 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
5270 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5271 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
5273 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5274 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5283 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5284 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5288 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5289 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5292 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5293 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5298 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5300 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5302 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5303 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5305 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5307 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5309 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5311 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5313 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5314 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
5316 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
5320 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
5324 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5325 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5326 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5328 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5329 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5334 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5336 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5337 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5338 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5339 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5340 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5341 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5342 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5345 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5346 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5347 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5348 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5349 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5351 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5353 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5354 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
5358 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5359 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5362 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5364 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5365 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5367 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5370 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5371 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5372 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5374 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
5376 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5377 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5378 (_("%B: warning: non-load segment includes file header and/or program header"),
5384 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5385 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5387 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5388 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5389 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5391 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5398 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5400 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5401 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5402 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5404 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5406 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5407 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5408 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5412 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5417 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5418 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5419 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5421 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5422 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5423 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5424 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5425 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5426 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5427 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5429 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5432 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5433 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5435 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5436 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5437 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5439 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5440 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5442 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5443 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5444 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5448 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5449 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5451 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5452 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5453 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5454 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5456 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5459 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5460 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5461 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5462 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5463 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5464 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
5465 || i
== elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)
5466 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
5467 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
5469 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5472 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5475 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5481 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5482 assignment of sections to segments. */
5483 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5486 /* And for non-load sections. */
5487 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5490 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5492 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5496 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5497 if (link_info
!= NULL
5498 && link_info
->executable
5499 && link_info
->shared
)
5501 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
5502 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5503 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
5505 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5506 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5507 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
5508 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
5509 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5511 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5512 segments is non-zero. */
5514 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5517 /* Write out the program headers. */
5518 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5519 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5520 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5528 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5530 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5531 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5532 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5534 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5536 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5537 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5540 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5542 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5543 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5544 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5545 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5547 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5548 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5549 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5550 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5552 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5553 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5554 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5555 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5556 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5557 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5559 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5561 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5563 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5564 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5567 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5568 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5569 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5570 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5571 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5572 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5573 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5574 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5576 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5579 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5580 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5582 /* No program header, for now. */
5583 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5584 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5585 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5587 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5588 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5589 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5591 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5592 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5593 /* It all happens later. */
5597 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5598 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5601 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5602 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5603 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5604 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5605 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5606 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5607 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5608 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5609 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5615 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5616 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
5619 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
5622 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
5623 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5624 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5625 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5627 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5629 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5630 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5631 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
5634 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5636 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
5637 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
5638 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
5640 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
5644 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
5645 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
5647 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5648 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
5652 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
5653 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
5655 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
5656 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
5658 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
5659 if (new_name
== NULL
)
5663 /* Add setion name to section name section. */
5664 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
5667 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
5669 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
5671 /* Add reloc setion name to section name section. */
5673 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
5678 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
5683 /* Update section size and contents. */
5684 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
5685 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
5686 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
5688 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
5695 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
5697 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
5698 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
5699 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
5700 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5702 /* Place the section headers. */
5703 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5704 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5705 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5706 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5707 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5708 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5714 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5716 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5717 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5719 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5720 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
5722 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5723 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5726 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5729 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5733 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
5736 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5737 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5738 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5740 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
5741 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
5742 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
5743 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5744 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5745 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5747 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5749 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5750 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5755 /* Write out the section header names. */
5756 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5757 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5758 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5759 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5762 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5763 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
5765 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
5768 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5769 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
5770 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
5776 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5778 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5779 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5782 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5785 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5787 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5788 unsigned int sec_index
;
5790 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5791 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5792 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5794 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5795 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
5796 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5797 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
5798 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5799 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
5801 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
5803 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5804 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5806 int retval
= sec_index
;
5808 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5812 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
5813 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5818 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5822 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5824 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5826 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5828 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5829 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5830 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5831 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5832 input sections rather than the output section. */
5833 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5834 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5835 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5840 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5841 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5842 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5843 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5844 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5845 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5846 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5849 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5853 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5854 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5855 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5856 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5857 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5858 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5865 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5866 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
5874 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5877 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5879 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5880 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5881 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5882 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5883 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5886 unsigned int num_segments
;
5887 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5888 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5889 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5890 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5891 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5892 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5894 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5895 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5898 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5900 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5901 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5903 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5904 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5905 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5906 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5908 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5909 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5910 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5911 ? section->size : 0)
5913 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5914 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5915 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5916 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5917 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5918 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5920 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5921 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5922 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5923 (section->lma >= base \
5924 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5925 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5927 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5928 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5929 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5930 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5931 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5932 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5933 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5935 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5937 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5939 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5943 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5944 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5945 p_memsz set to 0. */
5946 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5948 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5949 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5950 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5951 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5953 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5954 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5955 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5957 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5958 A section will be included if:
5959 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5960 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5961 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5963 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5964 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5965 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5966 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5967 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5968 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5969 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5970 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5971 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5972 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5973 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5974 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5975 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5976 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5977 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5978 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5979 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5980 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5981 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5982 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5983 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5984 || (segment->p_paddr \
5985 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5986 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5987 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5989 && !section->segment_mark)
5991 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5992 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5993 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5994 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5995 && section->output_section != NULL)
5997 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5998 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5999 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6001 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6002 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6003 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6004 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6005 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6007 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6008 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6009 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6010 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6011 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6013 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6014 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6015 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6017 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6018 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6019 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6020 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6021 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6022 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6025 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6027 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6031 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6032 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6033 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6034 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6035 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6040 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6042 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6043 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6044 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6046 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6047 assignment code will work. */
6048 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6052 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6054 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6055 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6056 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6060 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6061 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6063 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6065 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6066 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6069 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6070 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6072 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6074 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6075 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6077 if (extra_length
> 0)
6079 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6080 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6083 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6085 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6087 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6092 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6094 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6095 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6097 if (extra_length
> 0)
6099 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6100 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6103 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6108 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6109 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6113 unsigned int section_count
;
6114 asection
**sections
;
6115 asection
*output_section
;
6117 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
6118 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
6121 asection
*first_section
;
6122 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
6123 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
6125 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
6128 first_section
= NULL
;
6129 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6130 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6132 section
= section
->next
)
6134 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6135 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6136 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6138 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6139 first_section
= section
;
6140 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6145 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6146 all of the sections we have selected. */
6147 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6148 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6149 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6153 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6154 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6156 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6157 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6158 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6160 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6161 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6163 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6165 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6166 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6169 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6170 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6171 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6172 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6173 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6175 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6177 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6178 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6179 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6180 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6181 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6183 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6184 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6187 if (section_count
== 0)
6189 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6190 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6191 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6192 a warning is produced. */
6193 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
6194 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("\
6195 %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?"),
6199 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6200 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6205 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6206 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6207 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6208 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6210 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6211 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6214 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6215 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6216 of the first section.
6218 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6219 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6220 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6221 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6222 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6224 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6225 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6226 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6227 or segments to contain the other sections.
6229 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6230 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6231 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6233 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
6234 if (sections
== NULL
)
6237 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6238 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6239 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6240 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6241 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6246 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
6247 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6249 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6251 section
= section
->next
)
6252 if (section
== first_section
)
6255 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6257 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6259 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6261 sections
[j
++] = section
;
6263 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6264 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6265 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6266 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6268 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
6269 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6271 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
6272 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
6273 + (map
->includes_filehdr
6276 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6278 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6280 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6282 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6283 LMA address of the output section. */
6284 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6285 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
6286 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6287 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
6289 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
6291 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6292 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
6295 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6296 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6298 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
6300 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6302 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6303 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6306 if (j
== section_count
)
6311 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
6313 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6315 if (isec
== section_count
)
6317 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6318 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6319 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6320 program header in the input BFD. */
6321 map
->count
= section_count
;
6322 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6323 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6326 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6327 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
6328 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6329 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
6330 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6331 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6333 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
6340 if (!first_matching_lma
)
6342 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6343 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6344 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6345 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
6349 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6350 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6351 the LMA of the first section. */
6352 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6355 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6356 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6357 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
6359 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
6360 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
6363 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
6364 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6368 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
6370 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6372 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6374 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6375 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6376 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6377 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6378 offset when we know the correct value. */
6379 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
6380 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
6383 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6387 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6388 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6389 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6390 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6391 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6392 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6399 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6401 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6402 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
6404 section
= sections
[j
];
6406 if (section
== NULL
)
6409 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6411 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
6413 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6414 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
6416 if (map
->count
== 0)
6418 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6419 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6421 if (output_section
->lma
6423 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
6424 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6425 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6433 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
6435 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6436 and the start of this section is more than
6437 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6438 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
6440 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
6441 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
6442 > output_section
->lma
))
6444 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6446 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6447 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6454 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6457 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6459 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6461 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6462 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6466 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6468 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6469 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6470 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6472 if (isec
< section_count
)
6474 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6475 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6476 and carry on looping. */
6477 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6478 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6479 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6486 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6487 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6488 not yet been assigned. */
6490 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6491 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6492 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6493 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6494 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6495 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6496 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6499 while (isec
< section_count
);
6504 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6506 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6507 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6508 the offset if necessary. */
6509 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6513 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6516 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6517 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6518 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6523 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6524 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6526 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6527 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6528 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6529 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6530 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6531 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6535 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6538 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6540 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6541 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6542 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6543 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6544 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6546 unsigned int num_segments
;
6547 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6548 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6550 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6553 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6555 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6556 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6557 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6558 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6559 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6562 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6564 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6568 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6573 unsigned int section_count
;
6575 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6576 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6577 asection
*lowest_section
;
6579 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6580 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6582 section
= section
->next
)
6584 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6585 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6587 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6588 first_section
= section
;
6593 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6594 all of the sections we have selected. */
6595 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6596 if (section_count
!= 0)
6597 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6598 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6602 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6605 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6606 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6607 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6608 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6609 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6610 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6611 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6612 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6614 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
6615 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6617 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6618 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6619 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6620 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6621 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6623 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6624 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6627 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6628 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6629 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6630 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6632 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6633 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6635 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6636 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6637 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6638 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6639 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6641 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6642 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6645 lowest_section
= NULL
;
6646 if (section_count
!= 0)
6648 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6650 for (section
= first_section
;
6652 section
= section
->next
)
6654 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6655 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6657 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6658 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6662 if (lowest_section
== NULL
6663 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6664 lowest_section
= section
;
6666 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6667 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6668 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6669 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6671 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6672 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6674 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6675 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6676 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6678 if (isec
== section_count
)
6684 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6685 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6686 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6688 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6689 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6690 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6691 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6692 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6693 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6695 map
->count
= section_count
;
6696 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6697 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6700 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6704 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6708 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6710 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6711 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6714 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6717 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6719 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6720 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6721 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6722 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6723 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6724 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6725 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6727 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6729 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6730 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6733 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6734 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6735 section
= section
->next
)
6736 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6738 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6739 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6743 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6744 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6745 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6746 map in this case. */
6747 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
6748 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
6749 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
6752 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6753 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6755 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6756 from the input BFD. */
6757 osec
= section
->output_section
;
6759 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6761 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6762 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6763 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6765 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6766 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6768 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6769 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6770 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6771 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6772 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6773 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6779 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6781 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6782 section
= section
->next
)
6784 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6787 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6790 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6794 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6796 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
6797 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
6798 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6800 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6801 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
6803 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6806 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6807 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
6809 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
6810 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
6811 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("\
6812 %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"),
6813 ibfd
, (long long) segment
->p_align
);
6815 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
6818 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
6819 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
6822 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6825 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6828 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6832 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6835 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6836 bfd_boolean final_link
= link_info
!= NULL
&& !link_info
->relocatable
;
6838 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6839 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6842 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
6844 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6845 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6846 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6847 that the linker clears to differ. */
6848 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6849 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6851 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
6852 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
6853 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6855 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6856 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6857 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6859 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6860 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6861 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6862 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6865 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6866 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6868 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6869 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6870 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6871 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
6874 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
6875 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
6876 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6880 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6882 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6883 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6884 may be NULL at this point. */
6885 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6887 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6888 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6889 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6892 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6897 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6898 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6901 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6906 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6908 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6909 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6912 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6913 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6915 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6917 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6918 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6919 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6920 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6921 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6923 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6927 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6928 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6929 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6930 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6931 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6935 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
6939 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6940 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
6942 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6943 asection
*s
= first
;
6944 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
6948 /* If this member section is being output but the
6949 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6950 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6951 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
6952 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
6954 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6955 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6957 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6958 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6959 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
6960 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
6962 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6968 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
6970 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6971 adjust the input section size. This function may
6972 be called multiple times, so save the original
6974 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6975 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6976 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
6980 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6982 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
6990 /* Copy private header information. */
6993 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6995 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6996 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6999 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7000 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7001 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7002 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7003 already been worked out. */
7004 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7006 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7010 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7013 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7014 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7015 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7016 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7017 swap_out_syms function. */
7019 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7020 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7021 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7022 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7023 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7026 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7031 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7033 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7034 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7037 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7038 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7041 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7043 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7047 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7048 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7049 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7050 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7051 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7052 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7054 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7055 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7056 else if (shndx
== elf_symtab_shndx (ibfd
))
7057 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7058 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7064 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7067 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
7068 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
7071 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7074 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
7075 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7076 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7077 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7078 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
7079 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
7081 unsigned int num_locals
;
7083 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
7085 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
7088 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7089 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
7093 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7094 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
7095 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7096 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
7097 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7098 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
7099 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
7100 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
7102 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
7103 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7105 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
7106 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7107 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
7109 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
7112 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
7114 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
7115 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7116 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
7118 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7119 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
7120 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
7121 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
7123 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
7127 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
7128 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
7129 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
7130 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7131 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7134 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7136 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7137 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7143 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7144 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7145 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
7146 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7147 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7148 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7152 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7153 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
7155 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
7156 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
7158 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7159 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
7160 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
7161 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
7164 if (!name_local_sections
7165 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7167 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7172 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
7175 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7177 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
7182 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
7184 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
7185 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7187 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7188 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7189 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7190 sym
.st_size
= value
;
7191 if (type_ptr
== NULL
7192 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
7193 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
7195 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
7196 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7197 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
7201 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
7204 if (sec
->output_section
)
7206 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7207 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
7210 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7211 if (! relocatable_p
)
7213 sym
.st_value
= value
;
7214 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
7216 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
7218 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
7220 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7221 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7222 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7223 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7227 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
7230 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
7233 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
7236 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
7239 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
);
7248 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
7250 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7254 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7255 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7256 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7257 demand of applications. For example, it
7258 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7259 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7260 actually in the output file. */
7261 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
7264 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7265 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7266 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
7268 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7269 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
7273 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
7274 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
7278 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7281 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
7283 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7284 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7285 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7287 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
7289 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
7291 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
7296 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
7299 /* Processor-specific types. */
7300 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
7301 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7302 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7303 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
7305 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7307 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7308 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7310 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7312 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7314 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
7315 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
7316 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
7319 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
7321 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7322 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7326 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
7327 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
7330 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
7332 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
7334 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
7335 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
7336 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7338 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7341 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
7344 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
7346 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
7347 sym
.st_target_internal
7348 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
7353 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7356 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
7357 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7358 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7359 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7363 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
7364 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7366 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
7367 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
7368 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7369 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
7370 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
7371 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
7376 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
7378 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
7379 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
7380 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
7383 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7387 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7389 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7390 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7392 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7398 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7402 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
7404 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7406 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7410 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7411 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7413 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7419 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7422 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
7425 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7428 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7435 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7437 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
7440 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
7441 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7442 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
7446 return section
->reloc_count
;
7450 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
7452 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7453 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
7456 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7461 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
7462 asymbol
**allocation
)
7464 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7465 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
7468 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7472 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7473 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7474 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7475 dynamic reloc section. */
7478 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7483 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7485 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7489 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7490 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7491 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7492 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7493 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7494 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7495 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7500 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7501 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7502 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7503 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7504 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7505 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7506 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7509 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7513 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7517 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7519 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7523 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7525 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7527 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7528 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7529 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7534 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7536 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7538 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7549 /* Read in the version information. */
7552 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7554 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7555 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7557 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7559 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7560 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7561 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7563 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7565 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7567 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7569 error_return_bad_verref
:
7570 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7571 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
7572 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7573 error_return_verref
:
7574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7575 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7579 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7580 if (contents
== NULL
)
7581 goto error_return_verref
;
7583 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7584 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7585 goto error_return_verref
;
7587 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7588 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7590 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7591 goto error_return_verref
;
7593 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7594 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7595 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7596 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7597 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7598 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7600 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7601 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7604 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7606 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7608 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7609 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7611 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7612 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7614 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7615 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7618 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7619 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7620 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7621 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7622 goto error_return_verref
;
7625 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7626 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7627 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7629 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7630 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7631 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7632 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7634 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7636 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7637 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7638 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7639 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7640 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7642 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7643 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7645 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7646 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
7648 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
7651 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7652 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7654 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7655 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7656 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7658 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7659 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7662 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7663 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
7665 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7666 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7668 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7669 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7670 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7672 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7673 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7675 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
7681 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7683 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7684 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7685 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7686 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7687 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7689 unsigned int maxidx
;
7690 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7692 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
7694 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
7696 error_return_bad_verdef
:
7697 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7698 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
7699 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7700 error_return_verdef
:
7701 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
7702 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
7706 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7707 if (contents
== NULL
)
7708 goto error_return_verdef
;
7709 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7710 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7711 goto error_return_verdef
;
7713 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
7714 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
7715 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7716 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
7717 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7718 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
7720 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7721 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7723 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7725 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
7727 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7729 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
7730 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7731 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
7732 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
7734 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
7737 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
7738 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7739 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7741 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7742 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
7745 if (default_imported_symver
)
7747 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
7753 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7754 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7755 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7756 goto error_return_verdef
;
7758 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
7760 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7761 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
7762 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
7764 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
7765 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7768 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7770 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
7771 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7773 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
7774 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7776 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7778 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
7779 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
7782 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7783 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
7784 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7785 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7786 goto error_return_verdef
;
7790 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7791 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7793 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7794 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
7795 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7796 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
7798 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
7800 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
7801 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7802 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
7803 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
7804 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7806 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7807 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
7809 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
7812 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7813 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
7815 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
7816 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
7817 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7819 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7820 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
7823 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7824 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
7826 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7827 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
7829 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
7830 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
7832 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7833 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
7839 else if (default_imported_symver
)
7846 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7847 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7848 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7851 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
7854 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7855 if (default_imported_symver
)
7857 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7858 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7860 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
7862 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
7863 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
7864 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
7865 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
7867 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7869 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
7870 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
7871 goto error_return_verdef
;
7872 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7873 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7874 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
7875 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7876 goto error_return_verdef
;
7878 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7879 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
7885 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7891 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7893 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7895 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * newsym
);
7898 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7899 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7903 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7907 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7910 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7911 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7915 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7918 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7919 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7922 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7923 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7924 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7927 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7928 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7929 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7930 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7931 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7932 we treat such symbols as local. */
7933 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7936 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
7937 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
7938 These labels have the form:
7940 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
7942 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
7944 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
7945 so we only need to match the rest. */
7946 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
7948 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7952 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
7954 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
7956 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
7957 /* A fake symbol. */
7960 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
7961 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
7962 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
7963 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
7964 other than some kind of local ? */
7981 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7982 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7989 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7990 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7991 unsigned long machine
)
7993 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7994 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7995 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7996 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7997 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
8000 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
8003 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8004 for error reporting. */
8007 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
8011 const char **filename_ptr
,
8012 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8013 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
8014 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
8018 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
8019 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8020 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
8021 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8022 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
8023 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8024 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8027 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
8028 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8029 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
8034 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8035 &found
, filename_ptr
,
8036 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8037 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
8039 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
8042 if (symbols
== NULL
)
8045 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8046 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
8053 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8056 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
8057 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8059 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
8060 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
8061 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8062 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8065 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8066 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8067 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8068 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8069 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8072 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
8073 const char **filename_ptr
,
8074 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8075 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8078 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
8079 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8080 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8085 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8087 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8088 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
8090 if (!info
->relocatable
)
8092 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
8094 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
8096 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
8099 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8100 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
8103 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
8106 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
8114 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
8116 const void *location
,
8118 bfd_size_type count
)
8120 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8123 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
8124 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
8130 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
8131 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
8133 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8134 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
8135 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
8136 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
8137 || contents
== NULL
)
8139 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
8142 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
8143 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8144 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
8151 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8152 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8153 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8158 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8161 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
8163 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8165 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
8167 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
8168 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8170 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8171 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8173 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
8175 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8178 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
8181 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
8184 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
8187 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
8190 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
8193 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
8199 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8201 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8203 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8204 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
8206 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8211 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8217 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
8220 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
8223 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
8226 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
8229 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
8235 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8239 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
8247 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8248 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
8249 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
8250 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8255 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
8257 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8258 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
8260 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
8261 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
8262 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8265 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
8268 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8269 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8270 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8273 bfd_reloc_status_type
8274 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8275 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8276 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8277 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8278 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8280 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
8283 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8284 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8285 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8286 out details about the corefile. */
8288 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8289 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8290 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8291 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8294 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8295 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8298 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
8302 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
8304 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
8309 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8310 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8311 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8315 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
8319 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
8322 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
8326 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
8327 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
8328 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
8332 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8333 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8334 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8335 such a section already exists.
8336 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8337 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8338 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8340 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8346 char *threaded_name
;
8350 /* Build the section name. */
8352 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8353 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8354 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8355 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
8357 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
8359 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
8364 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
8365 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8367 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
8370 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8372 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8376 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8379 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8384 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
8388 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8389 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8390 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8392 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8393 has already been set by another thread. */
8394 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8395 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8396 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8397 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8399 /* pr_who exists on:
8402 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8405 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8406 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8408 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8411 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8412 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
8414 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8415 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8417 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8418 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
8419 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8421 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8422 has already been set by another thread. */
8423 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8424 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8425 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8426 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8428 /* pr_who exists on:
8431 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8434 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8435 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8437 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8440 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8443 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8444 note size (ie. data object type). */
8448 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8449 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8450 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
8452 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8454 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8456 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8458 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8460 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8461 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8464 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8465 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8466 data structure apart. */
8469 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8471 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8474 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8475 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8479 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8481 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8484 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8485 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8486 contents literally. */
8489 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8491 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8495 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8497 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8501 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8503 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8507 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8509 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8513 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8515 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8519 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8521 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8525 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8527 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8531 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8533 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8537 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8539 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8543 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8545 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8549 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8551 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8555 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8557 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
8561 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8563 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
8567 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8569 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
8573 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8575 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8579 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8581 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
8585 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8587 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
8591 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8593 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
8596 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8597 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8598 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8599 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8603 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8604 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8605 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8606 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8610 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8611 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8612 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8615 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8618 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
8626 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
8630 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
8636 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8638 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8640 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
8642 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
8644 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8646 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8647 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8649 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8650 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8651 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8653 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8654 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8655 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8657 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8658 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
8660 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8661 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
8663 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8665 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8666 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8668 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8669 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8670 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8672 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8673 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8674 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8680 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8681 note size (ie. data object type). */
8685 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8686 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8687 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8690 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
8691 int n
= strlen (command
);
8693 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
8694 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
8699 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8701 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8703 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8705 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
8706 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8707 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
8713 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8715 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8717 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8718 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
8720 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8723 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8725 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8728 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8729 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8730 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8734 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8736 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8738 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8740 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8746 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
8747 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8748 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
8753 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8755 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
8756 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8758 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8759 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
8761 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8763 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8764 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8765 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8768 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8770 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8774 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8775 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8776 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8777 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8780 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8781 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
8782 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8785 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8787 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8790 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8792 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8793 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8794 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8797 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8799 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8803 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8804 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8805 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8806 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8809 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8810 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
8811 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
8814 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8816 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
8818 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8821 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8828 int is_active_thread
;
8831 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
8834 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
8837 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
8841 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8842 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
8843 /* process_info.pid */
8844 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8845 /* process_info.signal */
8846 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
8849 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8850 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8851 /* thread_info.tid */
8852 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
8854 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8855 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8859 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8861 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8865 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8867 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8868 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
8869 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8871 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8872 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8874 if (is_active_thread
)
8875 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8879 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8880 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8881 /* module_info.base_address */
8882 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
8883 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
8885 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8886 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8890 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8892 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8897 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8898 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8899 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8910 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8912 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8920 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
8921 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
8923 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8924 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
8929 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8931 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8934 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8936 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
8939 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8940 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8942 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
8943 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8945 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
8946 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8947 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8948 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8952 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8953 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8954 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8955 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8956 else if (note
->namesz
== 8
8957 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "FreeBSD") == 0)
8958 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8963 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8964 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8965 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
8970 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8971 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8972 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
8976 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
8977 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8978 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8979 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
8984 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8985 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8986 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
8990 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
8991 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8992 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8993 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
8997 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
8998 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8999 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9000 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
9005 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9006 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9007 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
9011 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
9012 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9013 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9014 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
9018 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
9019 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9020 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9021 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
9025 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
9026 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9027 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9028 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
9033 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9034 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9035 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
9039 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
9040 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9041 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9042 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
9046 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
9047 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9048 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9049 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
9054 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9055 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9056 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
9061 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9062 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9063 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
9067 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
9068 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9069 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9070 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
9074 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
9075 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9076 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9077 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
9083 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
9084 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
9086 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9087 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
9094 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9099 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9100 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9101 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9107 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9111 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9117 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9119 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
9121 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
9124 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9125 t
->build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*t
->build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
9126 if (t
->build_id
== NULL
)
9129 t
->build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9130 memcpy (t
->build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9136 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9143 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
9144 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
9149 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9151 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
9152 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
9155 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
9156 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
9157 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9159 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
9165 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9170 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
9178 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
9182 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
9185 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
9192 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9194 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9195 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9196 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9198 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
9199 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9200 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
9202 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9203 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9204 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
9206 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
9211 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9215 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
9216 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
9218 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
9220 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
9221 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
9222 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
9223 creates a core file. */
9225 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
9228 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
9229 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
9230 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
9233 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
9237 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
9239 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
9240 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
9242 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
9243 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
9246 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
9247 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9249 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
9250 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9256 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
9257 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
9262 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
9263 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9265 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
9266 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9276 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9278 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9279 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9280 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9282 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
9283 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9284 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
9286 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9287 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9288 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
9294 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9296 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
9297 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
9299 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
9300 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9302 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
9303 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9305 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
9306 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9308 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
9310 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9315 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9316 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9317 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9322 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
9324 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
9329 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9330 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9331 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9340 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
9342 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
9349 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
9350 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
9352 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
9353 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
9355 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
9356 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
9358 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
9359 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
9361 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
9362 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9365 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
9366 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
9367 thread just in case. */
9368 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
9369 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9371 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
9372 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
9374 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9379 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9383 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9384 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9385 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9387 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
9391 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
9392 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9400 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
9401 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
9403 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9408 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9412 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9413 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9414 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9416 /* This is the current thread. */
9417 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
9418 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
9423 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9424 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9425 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9426 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9429 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9431 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9432 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9434 static long tid
= 1;
9438 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
9439 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
9440 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
9441 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
9442 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
9443 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
9444 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
9445 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
9452 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9458 /* Use note name as section name. */
9460 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9463 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
9464 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
9466 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9470 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9471 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9472 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
9477 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9480 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9484 size of data for note
9486 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9487 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9488 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9489 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9492 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9495 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9503 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
9510 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
9512 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
9514 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
9517 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
9518 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
9519 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
9520 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
9521 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
9522 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
9526 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
9534 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
9545 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
9551 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9553 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9556 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9557 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
9562 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9563 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9564 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9566 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9568 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9571 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9574 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9575 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9576 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9577 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9578 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9583 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9585 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9588 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9591 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9592 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9593 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9594 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9595 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9597 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9604 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9605 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9606 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9608 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
9610 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9611 LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9613 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
9614 &data
, sizeof (data
));
9618 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9619 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9620 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9622 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
9624 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9625 LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9627 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9628 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9632 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9639 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9641 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9644 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9646 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
9651 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9652 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9653 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9655 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9657 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9658 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9659 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9660 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9661 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9662 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9669 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9670 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9671 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9672 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9673 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9674 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9676 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9682 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9684 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9691 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9692 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9694 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9695 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
9696 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9697 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9698 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
9699 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9701 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
9702 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
9704 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
9705 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
9708 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9709 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9711 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9713 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9715 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9719 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9720 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9722 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9723 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9724 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9726 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9730 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9731 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9732 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9733 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9741 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9742 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9743 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9744 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9748 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9751 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9757 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9758 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9759 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
9763 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9766 const void *xfpregs
,
9769 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9770 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9771 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
9775 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9776 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
9779 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
9780 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
9782 note_name
= "LINUX";
9783 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9784 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
9788 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
9791 const void *ppc_vmx
,
9794 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9795 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9796 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
9800 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
9803 const void *ppc_vsx
,
9806 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9807 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9808 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
9812 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
9815 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
9818 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9819 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9820 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
9821 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
9825 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
9828 const void *s390_timer
,
9831 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9832 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9833 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
9837 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
9840 const void *s390_todcmp
,
9843 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9844 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9845 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
9849 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9852 const void *s390_todpreg
,
9855 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9856 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9857 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
9861 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
9864 const void *s390_ctrs
,
9867 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9868 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9869 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
9873 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
9876 const void *s390_prefix
,
9879 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9880 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9881 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
9885 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9888 const void *s390_last_break
,
9891 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9892 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9893 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
9894 s390_last_break
, size
);
9898 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
9901 const void *s390_system_call
,
9904 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9905 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9906 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
9907 s390_system_call
, size
);
9911 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
9914 const void *s390_tdb
,
9917 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9918 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9919 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
9923 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
9926 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
9929 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9930 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9931 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
9935 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
9938 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
9941 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9942 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9943 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
9944 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
9948 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
9951 const void *arm_vfp
,
9954 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9955 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9956 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
9960 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
9963 const void *aarch_tls
,
9966 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9967 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9968 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
9972 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9975 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
9978 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9979 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9980 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
9984 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
9987 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
9990 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9991 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9992 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
9996 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9999 const char *section
,
10003 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
10004 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10005 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
10006 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10007 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
10008 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10009 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
10010 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10011 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
10012 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10013 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
10014 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10015 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
10016 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10017 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
10018 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10019 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
10020 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10021 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
10022 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10023 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
10024 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10025 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
10026 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10027 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
10028 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10029 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
10030 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10031 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
10032 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10033 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
10034 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10035 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
10036 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10037 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
10038 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10039 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
10040 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10041 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
10042 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10047 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
10052 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
10054 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
10055 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
10056 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
10058 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
10061 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
10063 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
10064 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
10065 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
10068 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
10069 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
10070 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
10072 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
10073 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
10076 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
10083 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
10086 const char * string
;
10088 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
10092 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
10093 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
10094 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
10095 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
10096 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
)
10098 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
10101 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
10103 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
10104 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
10105 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
10107 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
10116 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
10118 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
10121 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
10122 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
10124 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
10130 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
10137 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
10144 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
10147 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
10151 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
10152 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
10155 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
10156 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
10166 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
10168 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
10169 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
10170 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10173 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
10175 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10177 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10181 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
10184 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
10185 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
10186 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
10187 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
10189 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
10190 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10193 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
10197 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10199 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10203 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
10204 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
10205 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
10210 enum elf_reloc_type_class
10211 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10212 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10213 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10215 return reloc_class_normal
;
10218 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
10219 relocation against a local symbol. */
10222 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
10223 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10225 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10227 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
10228 bfd_vma relocation
;
10230 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
10231 + sec
->output_offset
10233 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10234 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
10235 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
10238 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
10239 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10240 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
10243 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
10244 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
10245 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
10246 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
10247 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
10248 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10249 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
10252 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
10253 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
10259 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
10260 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10264 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
10266 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
10267 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
10269 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
10270 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10271 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
10275 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
10276 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10280 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10282 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10283 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10285 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10286 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
10288 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
10290 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10291 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
10292 offset
= sec
->size
- offset
- address_size
;
10298 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
10299 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
10300 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
10301 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
10302 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
10303 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
10305 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
10306 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
10307 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
10308 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
10309 the remote memory. */
10312 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
10315 bfd_size_type size
,
10316 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
10317 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
10319 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
10320 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
10324 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
10325 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10326 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10331 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10334 const char *relplt_name
;
10335 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
10339 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
10345 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
10348 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
10351 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
10354 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
10355 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
10356 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
10357 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
10358 if (relplt
== NULL
)
10361 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
10362 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
10363 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
10366 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
10370 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
10371 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
10374 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
10375 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
10376 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
10377 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10379 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
10380 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
10383 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
10385 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
10390 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
10394 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
10395 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
10397 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10402 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
10403 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
10406 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
10407 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
10408 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
10409 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
10410 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
10411 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
10413 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
10416 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
10417 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
10419 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
10423 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
10424 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
10425 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
10426 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
10429 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
10432 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
10433 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
10440 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
10441 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
10442 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
10443 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
10446 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
10447 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10449 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
10451 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
10453 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
10455 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
10456 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
10457 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
10458 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
10459 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
10460 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
10464 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
10465 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
10466 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
10469 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
10471 return (type
== STT_FUNC
10472 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
10475 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
10476 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
10477 otherwise return zero. */
10480 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
10483 bfd_size_type size
;
10485 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
10486 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
10487 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
10490 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
10492 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
10493 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;